File: domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html

package info (click to toggle)
python-googleapi 2.180.0-1
links: PTS
area: main
in suites: forky, sid
size: 527,124 kB
sloc: python: 11,076; javascript: 249; sh: 114; makefile: 59
file content (2470 lines) | stat: -rw-r--r-- 434,113 bytes
parent folder | download | duplicates (2)
<html><body>
<style>

body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
  margin: 0;
  padding: 0;
  border: 0;
  font-weight: inherit;
  font-style: inherit;
  font-size: 100%;
  font-family: inherit;
  vertical-align: baseline;
}

body {
  font-size: 13px;
  padding: 1em;
}

h1 {
  font-size: 26px;
  margin-bottom: 1em;
}

h2 {
  font-size: 24px;
  margin-bottom: 1em;
}

h3 {
  font-size: 20px;
  margin-bottom: 1em;
  margin-top: 1em;
}

pre, code {
  line-height: 1.5;
  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
}

pre {
  margin-top: 0.5em;
}

h1, h2, h3, p {
  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
}

h1, h2, h3 {
  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
}

.toc_element {
  margin-top: 0.5em;
}

.firstline {
  margin-left: 2 em;
}

.method  {
  margin-top: 1em;
  border: solid 1px #CCC;
  padding: 1em;
  background: #EEE;
}

.details {
  font-weight: bold;
  font-size: 14px;
}

</style>

<h1><a href="domains_v1alpha2.html">Cloud Domains API</a> . <a href="domains_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html">registrations</a></h1>
<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#configureContactSettings">configureContactSettings(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates a `Registration`'s contact settings. Some changes require confirmation by the domain's registrant contact . Caution: Please consider carefully any changes to contact privacy settings when changing from `REDACTED_CONTACT_DATA` to `PUBLIC_CONTACT_DATA.` There may be a delay in reflecting updates you make to registrant contact information such that any changes you make to contact privacy (including from `REDACTED_CONTACT_DATA` to `PUBLIC_CONTACT_DATA`) will be applied without delay but changes to registrant contact information may take a limited time to be publicized. This means that changes to contact privacy from `REDACTED_CONTACT_DATA` to `PUBLIC_CONTACT_DATA` may make the previous registrant contact data public until the modified registrant contact details are published.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#configureDnsSettings">configureDnsSettings(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates a `Registration`'s DNS settings.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#configureManagementSettings">configureManagementSettings(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates a `Registration`'s management settings.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. After January 2024 you will only be able to delete `Registration` resources when `state` is one of: `EXPORTED`, `EXPIRED`,`REGISTRATION_FAILED` or `TRANSFER_FAILED`. See [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) for more details.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#export">export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the details of a `Registration` resource.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Imports a domain name from [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) for use in Cloud Domains. To transfer a domain from another registrar, use the `TransferDomain` method instead. Since individual users can own domains in Google Domains, the calling user must have ownership permission on the domain.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#initiatePushTransfer">initiatePushTransfer(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Initiates the `Push Transfer` process to transfer the domain to another registrar. The process might complete instantly or might require confirmation or additional work. Check the emails sent to the email address of the registrant. The process is aborted after a timeout if it's not completed. This method is only supported for domains that have the `REQUIRE_PUSH_TRANSFER` property in the list of `domain_properties`. The domain must also be unlocked before it can be transferred to a different registrar. For more information, see [Transfer a registered domain to another registrar](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/transfer-domain-to-another-registrar).</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists the `Registration` resources in a project.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Updates select fields of a `Registration` resource, notably `labels`. To update other fields, use the appropriate custom update method: * To update management settings, see `ConfigureManagementSettings` * To update DNS configuration, see `ConfigureDnsSettings` * To update contact information, see `ConfigureContactSettings`</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#register">register(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Registers a new domain name and creates a corresponding `Registration` resource. Call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` first to check availability of the domain name and determine parameters like price that are needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `REGISTRATION_PENDING`, which resolves to `ACTIVE` within 1-2 minutes, indicating that the domain was successfully registered. If the resource ends up in state `REGISTRATION_FAILED`, it indicates that the domain was not registered successfully, and you can safely delete the resource and retry registration.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#renewDomain">renewDomain(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Renews a recently expired domain. This method can only be called on domains that expired in the previous 30 days. After the renewal, the new expiration time of the domain is one year after the old expiration time and you are charged a `yearly_price` for the renewal.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#resetAuthorizationCode">resetAuthorizationCode(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Resets the authorization code of the `Registration` to a new random string. You can call this method only after 60 days have elapsed since the initial domain registration. Domains that have the `REQUIRE_PUSH_TRANSFER` property in the list of `domain_properties` don't support authorization codes and must use the `InitiatePushTransfer` method to initiate the process to transfer the domain to a different registrar.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveAuthorizationCode">retrieveAuthorizationCode(registration, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets the authorization code of the `Registration` for the purpose of transferring the domain to another registrar. You can call this method only after 60 days have elapsed since the initial domain registration. Domains that have the `REQUIRE_PUSH_TRANSFER` property in the list of `domain_properties` don't support authorization codes and must use the `InitiatePushTransfer` method to initiate the process to transfer the domain to a different registrar.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords">retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords(registration, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists the DNS records from the Google Domains DNS zone for domains that use the deprecated `google_domains_dns` in the `Registration`'s `dns_settings`.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords_next">retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords_next()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig">retrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig(registration, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Lists the deprecated domain and email forwarding configurations you set up in the deprecated Google Domains UI. The configuration is present only for domains with the `google_domains_redirects_data_available` set to `true` in the `Registration`'s `dns_settings`. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain's authoritative DNS Zone.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveImportableDomains">retrieveImportableDomains(location, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Lists domain names from [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) that can be imported to Cloud Domains using the `ImportDomain` method. Since individual users can own domains in Google Domains, the list of domains returned depends on the individual user making the call. Domains already managed by Cloud Domains are not returned.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveImportableDomains_next">retrieveImportableDomains_next()</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveRegisterParameters">retrieveRegisterParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Gets parameters needed to register a new domain name, including price and up-to-date availability. Use the returned values to call `RegisterDomain`.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#retrieveTransferParameters">retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains already managed by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/), use `ImportDomain` instead. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#searchDomains">searchDomains(location, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Searches for available domain names similar to the provided query. Availability results from this method are approximate; call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` on a domain before registering to confirm availability.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
<p class="toc_element">
  <code><a href="#transfer">transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
<p class="firstline">Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains already managed by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/), use `ImportDomain` instead. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.</p>
<h3>Method Details</h3>
<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="configureContactSettings">configureContactSettings(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Updates a `Registration`&#x27;s contact settings. Some changes require confirmation by the domain&#x27;s registrant contact . Caution: Please consider carefully any changes to contact privacy settings when changing from `REDACTED_CONTACT_DATA` to `PUBLIC_CONTACT_DATA.` There may be a delay in reflecting updates you make to registrant contact information such that any changes you make to contact privacy (including from `REDACTED_CONTACT_DATA` to `PUBLIC_CONTACT_DATA`) will be applied without delay but changes to registrant contact information may take a limited time to be publicized. This means that changes to contact privacy from `REDACTED_CONTACT_DATA` to `PUBLIC_CONTACT_DATA` may make the previous registrant contact data public until the modified registrant contact details are published.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whose contact settings are being updated, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request for the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
  &quot;contactNotices&quot;: [ # The list of contact notices that the caller acknowledges. The notices needed here depend on the values specified in `contact_settings`.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Fields of the `ContactSettings` to update.
    &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the registrant contact is being updated, the `update_mask` is `&quot;registrant_contact&quot;`.
  &quot;validateOnly&quot;: True or False, # Validate the request without actually updating the contact settings.
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="configureDnsSettings">configureDnsSettings(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Updates a `Registration`&#x27;s DNS settings.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whose DNS settings are being updated, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request for the `ConfigureDnsSettings` method.
  &quot;dnsSettings&quot;: { # Defines the DNS configuration of a `Registration`, including name servers, DNSSEC, and glue records. # Fields of the `DnsSettings` to update.
    &quot;customDns&quot;: { # Configuration for an arbitrary DNS provider. # An arbitrary DNS provider identified by its name servers.
      &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # The list of DS records for this domain, which are used to enable DNSSEC. The domain&#x27;s DNS provider can provide the values to set here. If this field is empty, DNSSEC is disabled.
        { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
          &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
        },
      ],
      &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Required. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;glueRecords&quot;: [ # The list of glue records for this `Registration`. Commonly empty.
      { # Defines a host on your domain that is a DNS name server for your domain and/or other domains. Glue records are a way of making the IP address of a name server known, even when it serves DNS queries for its parent domain. For example, when `ns.example.com` is a name server for `example.com`, the host `ns.example.com` must have a glue record to break the circular DNS reference.
        &quot;hostName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Domain name of the host in Punycode format.
        &quot;ipv4Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv4 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard decimal format (e.g. `198.51.100.1`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;ipv6Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv6 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard hexadecimal format (e.g. `2001:db8::`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
      },
    ],
    &quot;googleDomainsDns&quot;: { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Configuration for using the free DNS zone provided by Google Domains as a `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_provider`. You cannot configure the DNS zone itself using the API. To configure the DNS zone, go to [Google Domains](https://domains.google/). # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The free DNS zone provided by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/).
      &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of DS records published for this domain. The list is automatically populated when `ds_state` is `DS_RECORDS_PUBLISHED`, otherwise it remains empty.
        { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
          &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
        },
      ],
      &quot;dsState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The state of DS records for this domain. Used to enable or disable automatic DNSSEC.
      &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Output only. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format. This field is automatically populated with the name servers assigned to the Google Domains DNS zone.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;googleDomainsRedirectsDataAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if this `Registration` has configured one of the following deprecated Google Domains DNS features: * Domain forwarding (HTTP `301` and `302` response status codes), * Email forwarding. See https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations for more details. If any of these features is enabled call the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig` method to get details about the feature&#x27;s configuration. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS Zone.
  },
  &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the name servers are being updated for an existing Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` is `&quot;custom_dns.name_servers&quot;`. When changing the DNS provider from one type to another, pass the new provider&#x27;s field name as part of the field mask. For example, when changing from a Google Domains DNS configuration to a Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` is `&quot;custom_dns&quot;`. //
  &quot;validateOnly&quot;: True or False, # Validate the request without actually updating the DNS settings.
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="configureManagementSettings">configureManagementSettings(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Updates a `Registration`&#x27;s management settings.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whose management settings are being updated, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request for the `ConfigureManagementSettings` method.
  &quot;managementSettings&quot;: { # Defines renewal, billing, and transfer settings for a `Registration`. # Fields of the `ManagementSettings` to update.
    &quot;effectiveTransferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual transfer lock state for this `Registration`.
    &quot;preferredRenewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The desired renewal method for this `Registration`. The actual `renewal_method` is automatically updated to reflect this choice. If unset or equal to `RENEWAL_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED`, the actual `renewalMethod` is treated as if it were set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`. You cannot use `RENEWAL_DISABLED` during resource creation, and you can update the renewal status only when the `Registration` resource has state `ACTIVE` or `SUSPENDED`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be set to `RENEWAL_DISABLED` in case of problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
    &quot;renewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual renewal method for this `Registration`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be equal to `RENEWAL_DISABLED`—for example, when there are problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
    &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the desired transfer lock state for this `Registration`. A transfer lock controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. The transfer lock state of the domain is returned in the `effective_transfer_lock_state` property. The transfer lock state values might be different for the following reasons: * `transfer_lock_state` was updated only a short time ago. * Domains with the `TRANSFER_LOCK_UNSUPPORTED_BY_REGISTRY` state are in the list of `domain_properties`. These domains are always in the `UNLOCKED` state.
  },
  &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the transfer lock is being updated, the `update_mask` is `&quot;transfer_lock_state&quot;`.
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain&#x27;s sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. After January 2024 you will only be able to delete `Registration` resources when `state` is one of: `EXPORTED`, `EXPIRED`,`REGISTRATION_FAILED` or `TRANSFER_FAILED`. See [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) for more details.

Args:
  name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to delete, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="export">export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain&#x27;s sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.

Args:
  name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to export, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Request for the `ExportRegistration` method.
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Gets the details of a `Registration` resource.

Args:
  name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to get, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. Finally, you can create a new `Registration` by importing an existing domain managed with [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, call `RetrieveImportableDomains` to list domains to which the calling user has sufficient access. Then call `ImportDomain` on any domain names you want to use with Cloud Domains.
  &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
    &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the `Registration` resource.
  &quot;dnsSettings&quot;: { # Defines the DNS configuration of a `Registration`, including name servers, DNSSEC, and glue records. # Settings controlling the DNS configuration of the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureDnsSettings` method.
    &quot;customDns&quot;: { # Configuration for an arbitrary DNS provider. # An arbitrary DNS provider identified by its name servers.
      &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # The list of DS records for this domain, which are used to enable DNSSEC. The domain&#x27;s DNS provider can provide the values to set here. If this field is empty, DNSSEC is disabled.
        { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
          &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
        },
      ],
      &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Required. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;glueRecords&quot;: [ # The list of glue records for this `Registration`. Commonly empty.
      { # Defines a host on your domain that is a DNS name server for your domain and/or other domains. Glue records are a way of making the IP address of a name server known, even when it serves DNS queries for its parent domain. For example, when `ns.example.com` is a name server for `example.com`, the host `ns.example.com` must have a glue record to break the circular DNS reference.
        &quot;hostName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Domain name of the host in Punycode format.
        &quot;ipv4Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv4 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard decimal format (e.g. `198.51.100.1`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;ipv6Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv6 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard hexadecimal format (e.g. `2001:db8::`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
      },
    ],
    &quot;googleDomainsDns&quot;: { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Configuration for using the free DNS zone provided by Google Domains as a `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_provider`. You cannot configure the DNS zone itself using the API. To configure the DNS zone, go to [Google Domains](https://domains.google/). # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The free DNS zone provided by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/).
      &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of DS records published for this domain. The list is automatically populated when `ds_state` is `DS_RECORDS_PUBLISHED`, otherwise it remains empty.
        { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
          &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
        },
      ],
      &quot;dsState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The state of DS records for this domain. Used to enable or disable automatic DNSSEC.
      &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Output only. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format. This field is automatically populated with the name servers assigned to the Google Domains DNS zone.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;googleDomainsRedirectsDataAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if this `Registration` has configured one of the following deprecated Google Domains DNS features: * Domain forwarding (HTTP `301` and `302` response status codes), * Email forwarding. See https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations for more details. If any of these features is enabled call the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig` method to get details about the feature&#x27;s configuration. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS Zone.
  },
  &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
  &quot;domainProperties&quot;: [ # Output only. Special properties of the domain.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The expiration timestamp of the `Registration`.
  &quot;issues&quot;: [ # Output only. The set of issues with the `Registration` that require attention.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of labels associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
  },
  &quot;managementSettings&quot;: { # Defines renewal, billing, and transfer settings for a `Registration`. # Settings for management of the `Registration`, including renewal, billing, and transfer. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureManagementSettings` method.
    &quot;effectiveTransferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual transfer lock state for this `Registration`.
    &quot;preferredRenewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The desired renewal method for this `Registration`. The actual `renewal_method` is automatically updated to reflect this choice. If unset or equal to `RENEWAL_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED`, the actual `renewalMethod` is treated as if it were set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`. You cannot use `RENEWAL_DISABLED` during resource creation, and you can update the renewal status only when the `Registration` resource has state `ACTIVE` or `SUSPENDED`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be set to `RENEWAL_DISABLED` in case of problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
    &quot;renewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual renewal method for this `Registration`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be equal to `RENEWAL_DISABLED`—for example, when there are problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
    &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the desired transfer lock state for this `Registration`. A transfer lock controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. The transfer lock state of the domain is returned in the `effective_transfer_lock_state` property. The transfer lock state values might be different for the following reasons: * `transfer_lock_state` was updated only a short time ago. * Domains with the `TRANSFER_LOCK_UNSUPPORTED_BY_REGISTRY` state are in the list of `domain_properties`. These domains are always in the `UNLOCKED` state.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`.
  &quot;pendingContactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive.
    &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Current domain management provider.
  &quot;registerFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The reason the domain registration failed. Only set for domains in REGISTRATION_FAILED state.
  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the `Registration`
  &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Output only. Set of options for the `contact_settings.privacy` field that this `Registration` supports.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;transferFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The reason the domain transfer failed. Only set for domains in TRANSFER_FAILED state.
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

Args:
  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
        },
      ],
      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
    },
  ],
  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
      },
      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
    },
  ],
  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Imports a domain name from [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) for use in Cloud Domains. To transfer a domain from another registrar, use the `TransferDomain` method instead. Since individual users can own domains in Google Domains, the calling user must have ownership permission on the domain.

Args:
  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the Registration. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Request for the `ImportDomain` method.
  &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of labels associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
  },
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="initiatePushTransfer">initiatePushTransfer(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Initiates the `Push Transfer` process to transfer the domain to another registrar. The process might complete instantly or might require confirmation or additional work. Check the emails sent to the email address of the registrant. The process is aborted after a timeout if it&#x27;s not completed. This method is only supported for domains that have the `REQUIRE_PUSH_TRANSFER` property in the list of `domain_properties`. The domain must also be unlocked before it can be transferred to a different registrar. For more information, see [Transfer a registered domain to another registrar](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/transfer-domain-to-another-registrar).

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` for which the push transfer is initiated, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request for the `InitiatePushTransfer` method.
  &quot;tag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The Tag of the new registrar. Can be found at [List of registrars](https://nominet.uk/registrar-list/).
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Lists the `Registration` resources in a project.

Args:
  parent: string, Required. The project and location from which to list `Registration`s, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  filter: string, Filter expression to restrict the `Registration`s returned. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, a boolean, or an enum value. The comparison operator should be one of =, !=, &gt;, &lt;, &gt;=, &lt;=, or : for prefix or wildcard matches. For example, to filter to a specific domain name, use an expression like `domainName=&quot;example.com&quot;`. You can also check for the existence of a field; for example, to find domains using custom DNS settings, use an expression like `dnsSettings.customDns:*`. You can also create compound filters by combining expressions with the `AND` and `OR` operators. For example, to find domains that are suspended or have specific issues flagged, use an expression like `(state=SUSPENDED) OR (issue:*)`.
  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return.
  pageToken: string, When set to the `next_page_token` from a prior response, provides the next page of results.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response for the `ListRegistrations` method.
  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When present, there are more results to retrieve. Set `page_token` to this value on a subsequent call to get the next page of results.
  &quot;registrations&quot;: [ # A list of `Registration`s.
    { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. Finally, you can create a new `Registration` by importing an existing domain managed with [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, call `RetrieveImportableDomains` to list domains to which the calling user has sufficient access. Then call `ImportDomain` on any domain names you want to use with Cloud Domains.
      &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
        &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
          &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
            &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
            &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
            &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
            &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
            &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
            &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
            &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
          },
        },
        &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
        &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
          &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
            &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
            &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
            &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
            &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
            &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
            &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
            &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
          },
        },
        &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
          &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
            &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
            &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
            &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
            &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
            &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
            &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
            &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the `Registration` resource.
      &quot;dnsSettings&quot;: { # Defines the DNS configuration of a `Registration`, including name servers, DNSSEC, and glue records. # Settings controlling the DNS configuration of the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureDnsSettings` method.
        &quot;customDns&quot;: { # Configuration for an arbitrary DNS provider. # An arbitrary DNS provider identified by its name servers.
          &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # The list of DS records for this domain, which are used to enable DNSSEC. The domain&#x27;s DNS provider can provide the values to set here. If this field is empty, DNSSEC is disabled.
            { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
              &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
              &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
              &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
              &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
            },
          ],
          &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Required. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;glueRecords&quot;: [ # The list of glue records for this `Registration`. Commonly empty.
          { # Defines a host on your domain that is a DNS name server for your domain and/or other domains. Glue records are a way of making the IP address of a name server known, even when it serves DNS queries for its parent domain. For example, when `ns.example.com` is a name server for `example.com`, the host `ns.example.com` must have a glue record to break the circular DNS reference.
            &quot;hostName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Domain name of the host in Punycode format.
            &quot;ipv4Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv4 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard decimal format (e.g. `198.51.100.1`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;ipv6Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv6 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard hexadecimal format (e.g. `2001:db8::`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
          },
        ],
        &quot;googleDomainsDns&quot;: { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Configuration for using the free DNS zone provided by Google Domains as a `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_provider`. You cannot configure the DNS zone itself using the API. To configure the DNS zone, go to [Google Domains](https://domains.google/). # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The free DNS zone provided by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/).
          &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of DS records published for this domain. The list is automatically populated when `ds_state` is `DS_RECORDS_PUBLISHED`, otherwise it remains empty.
            { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
              &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
              &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
              &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
              &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
            },
          ],
          &quot;dsState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The state of DS records for this domain. Used to enable or disable automatic DNSSEC.
          &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Output only. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format. This field is automatically populated with the name servers assigned to the Google Domains DNS zone.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
        &quot;googleDomainsRedirectsDataAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if this `Registration` has configured one of the following deprecated Google Domains DNS features: * Domain forwarding (HTTP `301` and `302` response status codes), * Email forwarding. See https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations for more details. If any of these features is enabled call the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig` method to get details about the feature&#x27;s configuration. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS Zone.
      },
      &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
      &quot;domainProperties&quot;: [ # Output only. Special properties of the domain.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The expiration timestamp of the `Registration`.
      &quot;issues&quot;: [ # Output only. The set of issues with the `Registration` that require attention.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of labels associated with the `Registration`.
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
      },
      &quot;managementSettings&quot;: { # Defines renewal, billing, and transfer settings for a `Registration`. # Settings for management of the `Registration`, including renewal, billing, and transfer. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureManagementSettings` method.
        &quot;effectiveTransferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual transfer lock state for this `Registration`.
        &quot;preferredRenewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The desired renewal method for this `Registration`. The actual `renewal_method` is automatically updated to reflect this choice. If unset or equal to `RENEWAL_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED`, the actual `renewalMethod` is treated as if it were set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`. You cannot use `RENEWAL_DISABLED` during resource creation, and you can update the renewal status only when the `Registration` resource has state `ACTIVE` or `SUSPENDED`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be set to `RENEWAL_DISABLED` in case of problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
        &quot;renewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual renewal method for this `Registration`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be equal to `RENEWAL_DISABLED`—for example, when there are problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
        &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the desired transfer lock state for this `Registration`. A transfer lock controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. The transfer lock state of the domain is returned in the `effective_transfer_lock_state` property. The transfer lock state values might be different for the following reasons: * `transfer_lock_state` was updated only a short time ago. * Domains with the `TRANSFER_LOCK_UNSUPPORTED_BY_REGISTRY` state are in the list of `domain_properties`. These domains are always in the `UNLOCKED` state.
      },
      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`.
      &quot;pendingContactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive.
        &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
          &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
            &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
            &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
            &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
            &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
            &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
            &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
            &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
          },
        },
        &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
        &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
          &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
            &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
            &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
            &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
            &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
            &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
            &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
            &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
          },
        },
        &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
          &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
          &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
            &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
            &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
            &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
            &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
            &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
            &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
            &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
          },
        },
      },
      &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Current domain management provider.
      &quot;registerFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The reason the domain registration failed. Only set for domains in REGISTRATION_FAILED state.
      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the `Registration`
      &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Output only. Set of options for the `contact_settings.privacy` field that this `Registration` supports.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;transferFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The reason the domain transfer failed. Only set for domains in TRANSFER_FAILED state.
    },
  ],
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next()</code>
  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.

        Args:
          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)

        Returns:
          A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
        </pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Updates select fields of a `Registration` resource, notably `labels`. To update other fields, use the appropriate custom update method: * To update management settings, see `ConfigureManagementSettings` * To update DNS configuration, see `ConfigureDnsSettings` * To update contact information, see `ConfigureContactSettings`

Args:
  name: string, Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. Finally, you can create a new `Registration` by importing an existing domain managed with [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, call `RetrieveImportableDomains` to list domains to which the calling user has sufficient access. Then call `ImportDomain` on any domain names you want to use with Cloud Domains.
  &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
    &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the `Registration` resource.
  &quot;dnsSettings&quot;: { # Defines the DNS configuration of a `Registration`, including name servers, DNSSEC, and glue records. # Settings controlling the DNS configuration of the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureDnsSettings` method.
    &quot;customDns&quot;: { # Configuration for an arbitrary DNS provider. # An arbitrary DNS provider identified by its name servers.
      &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # The list of DS records for this domain, which are used to enable DNSSEC. The domain&#x27;s DNS provider can provide the values to set here. If this field is empty, DNSSEC is disabled.
        { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
          &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
        },
      ],
      &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Required. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;glueRecords&quot;: [ # The list of glue records for this `Registration`. Commonly empty.
      { # Defines a host on your domain that is a DNS name server for your domain and/or other domains. Glue records are a way of making the IP address of a name server known, even when it serves DNS queries for its parent domain. For example, when `ns.example.com` is a name server for `example.com`, the host `ns.example.com` must have a glue record to break the circular DNS reference.
        &quot;hostName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Domain name of the host in Punycode format.
        &quot;ipv4Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv4 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard decimal format (e.g. `198.51.100.1`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;ipv6Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv6 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard hexadecimal format (e.g. `2001:db8::`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
      },
    ],
    &quot;googleDomainsDns&quot;: { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Configuration for using the free DNS zone provided by Google Domains as a `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_provider`. You cannot configure the DNS zone itself using the API. To configure the DNS zone, go to [Google Domains](https://domains.google/). # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The free DNS zone provided by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/).
      &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of DS records published for this domain. The list is automatically populated when `ds_state` is `DS_RECORDS_PUBLISHED`, otherwise it remains empty.
        { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
          &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
          &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
        },
      ],
      &quot;dsState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The state of DS records for this domain. Used to enable or disable automatic DNSSEC.
      &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Output only. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format. This field is automatically populated with the name servers assigned to the Google Domains DNS zone.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
    },
    &quot;googleDomainsRedirectsDataAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if this `Registration` has configured one of the following deprecated Google Domains DNS features: * Domain forwarding (HTTP `301` and `302` response status codes), * Email forwarding. See https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations for more details. If any of these features is enabled call the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig` method to get details about the feature&#x27;s configuration. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS Zone.
  },
  &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
  &quot;domainProperties&quot;: [ # Output only. Special properties of the domain.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The expiration timestamp of the `Registration`.
  &quot;issues&quot;: [ # Output only. The set of issues with the `Registration` that require attention.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of labels associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
  },
  &quot;managementSettings&quot;: { # Defines renewal, billing, and transfer settings for a `Registration`. # Settings for management of the `Registration`, including renewal, billing, and transfer. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureManagementSettings` method.
    &quot;effectiveTransferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual transfer lock state for this `Registration`.
    &quot;preferredRenewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The desired renewal method for this `Registration`. The actual `renewal_method` is automatically updated to reflect this choice. If unset or equal to `RENEWAL_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED`, the actual `renewalMethod` is treated as if it were set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`. You cannot use `RENEWAL_DISABLED` during resource creation, and you can update the renewal status only when the `Registration` resource has state `ACTIVE` or `SUSPENDED`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be set to `RENEWAL_DISABLED` in case of problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
    &quot;renewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual renewal method for this `Registration`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be equal to `RENEWAL_DISABLED`—for example, when there are problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
    &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the desired transfer lock state for this `Registration`. A transfer lock controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. The transfer lock state of the domain is returned in the `effective_transfer_lock_state` property. The transfer lock state values might be different for the following reasons: * `transfer_lock_state` was updated only a short time ago. * Domains with the `TRANSFER_LOCK_UNSUPPORTED_BY_REGISTRY` state are in the list of `domain_properties`. These domains are always in the `UNLOCKED` state.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`.
  &quot;pendingContactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive.
    &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
    &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
    &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
      &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
      &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
        &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
        &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
        &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
        &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
        &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
        &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
        &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
      },
    },
  },
  &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Current domain management provider.
  &quot;registerFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The reason the domain registration failed. Only set for domains in REGISTRATION_FAILED state.
  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the `Registration`
  &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Output only. Set of options for the `contact_settings.privacy` field that this `Registration` supports.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;transferFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The reason the domain transfer failed. Only set for domains in TRANSFER_FAILED state.
}

  updateMask: string, Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the labels are being updated, the `update_mask` is `&quot;labels&quot;`.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="register">register(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Registers a new domain name and creates a corresponding `Registration` resource. Call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` first to check availability of the domain name and determine parameters like price that are needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `REGISTRATION_PENDING`, which resolves to `ACTIVE` within 1-2 minutes, indicating that the domain was successfully registered. If the resource ends up in state `REGISTRATION_FAILED`, it indicates that the domain was not registered successfully, and you can safely delete the resource and retry registration.

Args:
  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the `Registration`. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request for the `RegisterDomain` method.
  &quot;contactNotices&quot;: [ # The list of contact notices that the caller acknowledges. The notices needed here depend on the values specified in `registration.contact_settings`.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;domainNotices&quot;: [ # The list of domain notices that you acknowledge. Call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to see the notices that need acknowledgement.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;registration&quot;: { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. Finally, you can create a new `Registration` by importing an existing domain managed with [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, call `RetrieveImportableDomains` to list domains to which the calling user has sufficient access. Then call `ImportDomain` on any domain names you want to use with Cloud Domains. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created.
    &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
      &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
      &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the `Registration` resource.
    &quot;dnsSettings&quot;: { # Defines the DNS configuration of a `Registration`, including name servers, DNSSEC, and glue records. # Settings controlling the DNS configuration of the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureDnsSettings` method.
      &quot;customDns&quot;: { # Configuration for an arbitrary DNS provider. # An arbitrary DNS provider identified by its name servers.
        &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # The list of DS records for this domain, which are used to enable DNSSEC. The domain&#x27;s DNS provider can provide the values to set here. If this field is empty, DNSSEC is disabled.
          { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
            &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
          },
        ],
        &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Required. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
      },
      &quot;glueRecords&quot;: [ # The list of glue records for this `Registration`. Commonly empty.
        { # Defines a host on your domain that is a DNS name server for your domain and/or other domains. Glue records are a way of making the IP address of a name server known, even when it serves DNS queries for its parent domain. For example, when `ns.example.com` is a name server for `example.com`, the host `ns.example.com` must have a glue record to break the circular DNS reference.
          &quot;hostName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Domain name of the host in Punycode format.
          &quot;ipv4Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv4 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard decimal format (e.g. `198.51.100.1`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;ipv6Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv6 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard hexadecimal format (e.g. `2001:db8::`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
      ],
      &quot;googleDomainsDns&quot;: { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Configuration for using the free DNS zone provided by Google Domains as a `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_provider`. You cannot configure the DNS zone itself using the API. To configure the DNS zone, go to [Google Domains](https://domains.google/). # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The free DNS zone provided by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/).
        &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of DS records published for this domain. The list is automatically populated when `ds_state` is `DS_RECORDS_PUBLISHED`, otherwise it remains empty.
          { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
            &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
          },
        ],
        &quot;dsState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The state of DS records for this domain. Used to enable or disable automatic DNSSEC.
        &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Output only. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format. This field is automatically populated with the name servers assigned to the Google Domains DNS zone.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
      },
      &quot;googleDomainsRedirectsDataAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if this `Registration` has configured one of the following deprecated Google Domains DNS features: * Domain forwarding (HTTP `301` and `302` response status codes), * Email forwarding. See https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations for more details. If any of these features is enabled call the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig` method to get details about the feature&#x27;s configuration. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS Zone.
    },
    &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
    &quot;domainProperties&quot;: [ # Output only. Special properties of the domain.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The expiration timestamp of the `Registration`.
    &quot;issues&quot;: [ # Output only. The set of issues with the `Registration` that require attention.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of labels associated with the `Registration`.
      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
    },
    &quot;managementSettings&quot;: { # Defines renewal, billing, and transfer settings for a `Registration`. # Settings for management of the `Registration`, including renewal, billing, and transfer. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureManagementSettings` method.
      &quot;effectiveTransferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual transfer lock state for this `Registration`.
      &quot;preferredRenewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The desired renewal method for this `Registration`. The actual `renewal_method` is automatically updated to reflect this choice. If unset or equal to `RENEWAL_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED`, the actual `renewalMethod` is treated as if it were set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`. You cannot use `RENEWAL_DISABLED` during resource creation, and you can update the renewal status only when the `Registration` resource has state `ACTIVE` or `SUSPENDED`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be set to `RENEWAL_DISABLED` in case of problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
      &quot;renewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual renewal method for this `Registration`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be equal to `RENEWAL_DISABLED`—for example, when there are problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
      &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the desired transfer lock state for this `Registration`. A transfer lock controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. The transfer lock state of the domain is returned in the `effective_transfer_lock_state` property. The transfer lock state values might be different for the following reasons: * `transfer_lock_state` was updated only a short time ago. * Domains with the `TRANSFER_LOCK_UNSUPPORTED_BY_REGISTRY` state are in the list of `domain_properties`. These domains are always in the `UNLOCKED` state.
    },
    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`.
    &quot;pendingContactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive.
      &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
      &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Current domain management provider.
    &quot;registerFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The reason the domain registration failed. Only set for domains in REGISTRATION_FAILED state.
    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the `Registration`
    &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Output only. Set of options for the `contact_settings.privacy` field that this `Registration` supports.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;transferFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The reason the domain transfer failed. Only set for domains in TRANSFER_FAILED state.
  },
  &quot;validateOnly&quot;: True or False, # When true, only validation is performed, without actually registering the domain. Follows: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation
  &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Required. Yearly price to register or renew the domain. The value that should be put here can be obtained from RetrieveRegisterParameters or SearchDomains calls.
    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
  },
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="renewDomain">renewDomain(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Renews a recently expired domain. This method can only be called on domains that expired in the previous 30 days. After the renewal, the new expiration time of the domain is one year after the old expiration time and you are charged a `yearly_price` for the renewal.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whish is being renewed, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request for the `RenewDomain` method.
  &quot;validateOnly&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When true, only validation is performed, without actually renewing the domain. For more information, see [Request validation](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation)
  &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Required. Acknowledgement of the price to renew the domain for one year. To get the price, see [Cloud Domains pricing](https://cloud.google.com/domains/pricing). If not provided, the expected price is returned in the error message.
    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
  },
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="resetAuthorizationCode">resetAuthorizationCode(registration, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Resets the authorization code of the `Registration` to a new random string. You can call this method only after 60 days have elapsed since the initial domain registration. Domains that have the `REQUIRE_PUSH_TRANSFER` property in the list of `domain_properties` don&#x27;t support authorization codes and must use the `InitiatePushTransfer` method to initiate the process to transfer the domain to a different registrar.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whose authorization code is being reset, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request for the `ResetAuthorizationCode` method.
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Defines an authorization code.
  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Authorization Code in ASCII. It can be used to transfer the domain to or from another registrar.
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveAuthorizationCode">retrieveAuthorizationCode(registration, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Gets the authorization code of the `Registration` for the purpose of transferring the domain to another registrar. You can call this method only after 60 days have elapsed since the initial domain registration. Domains that have the `REQUIRE_PUSH_TRANSFER` property in the list of `domain_properties` don&#x27;t support authorization codes and must use the `InitiatePushTransfer` method to initiate the process to transfer the domain to a different registrar.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whose authorization code is being retrieved, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Defines an authorization code.
  &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Authorization Code in ASCII. It can be used to transfer the domain to or from another registrar.
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords">retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords(registration, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Lists the DNS records from the Google Domains DNS zone for domains that use the deprecated `google_domains_dns` in the `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_settings`.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whose Google Domains DNS records details you are retrieving, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return.
  pageToken: string, Optional. When set to the `next_page_token` from a prior response, provides the next page of results.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response for the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords` method.
  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When present, there are more results to retrieve. Set `page_token` to this value on a subsequent call to get the next page of results.
  &quot;rrset&quot;: [ # The resource record set resources (DNS Zone records).
    { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
      &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on either the geo location of the querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A valid `ResourceRecordSet` contains only `rrdata` (for static resolution) or a `routing_policy` (for dynamic resolution).
        &quot;geo&quot;: { # Configures a `RRSetRoutingPolicy` that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
          &quot;enableFencing&quot;: True or False, # Without fencing, if health check fails for all configured items in the current geo bucket, we failover to the next nearest geo bucket. With fencing, if health checking is enabled, as long as some targets in the current geo bucket are healthy, we return only the healthy targets. However, if all targets are unhealthy, we don&#x27;t failover to the next nearest bucket; instead, we return all the items in the current bucket even when all targets are unhealthy.
          &quot;item&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
              &quot;healthCheckedTargets&quot;: { # HealthCheckTargets describes endpoints to health-check when responding to Routing Policy queries. Only the healthy endpoints will be included in the response. Set either `internal_load_balancer` or `external_endpoints`. Do not set both. # For A and AAAA types only. Endpoints to return in the query result only if they are healthy. These can be specified along with `rrdata` within this item.
                &quot;externalEndpoints&quot;: [ # The Internet IP addresses to be health checked. The format matches the format of ResourceRecordSet.rrdata as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1)
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;internalLoadBalancer&quot;: [ # Configuration for internal load balancers to be health checked.
                  { # The configuration for an individual load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The frontend IP address of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;loadBalancerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of load balancer specified by this target. This value must match the configuration of the load balancer located at the LoadBalancerTarget&#x27;s IP address, port, and region. Use the following: - *regionalL4ilb*: for a regional internal passthrough Network Load Balancer. - *regionalL7ilb*: for a regional internal Application Load Balancer. - *globalL7ilb*: for a global internal Application Load Balancer.
                    &quot;networkUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fully qualified URL of the network that the load balancer is attached to. This should be formatted like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`.
                    &quot;port&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The configured port of the load balancer.
                    &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID in which the load balancer is located.
                    &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The region in which the load balancer is located.
                  },
                ],
              },
              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
              &quot;rrdata&quot;: [
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;signatureRrdata&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the `rrdata` within this item. When using health-checked targets for DNSSEC-enabled zones, you can only use at most one health-checked IP address per item.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
          ],
        },
        &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: { # Configures a `RRSetRoutingPolicy` that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
          &quot;enableFencing&quot;: True or False, # Without fencing, if health check fails for all configured items in the current geo bucket, we failover to the next nearest geo bucket. With fencing, if health checking is enabled, as long as some targets in the current geo bucket are healthy, we return only the healthy targets. However, if all targets are unhealthy, we don&#x27;t failover to the next nearest bucket; instead, we return all the items in the current bucket even when all targets are unhealthy.
          &quot;item&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
              &quot;healthCheckedTargets&quot;: { # HealthCheckTargets describes endpoints to health-check when responding to Routing Policy queries. Only the healthy endpoints will be included in the response. Set either `internal_load_balancer` or `external_endpoints`. Do not set both. # For A and AAAA types only. Endpoints to return in the query result only if they are healthy. These can be specified along with `rrdata` within this item.
                &quot;externalEndpoints&quot;: [ # The Internet IP addresses to be health checked. The format matches the format of ResourceRecordSet.rrdata as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1)
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;internalLoadBalancer&quot;: [ # Configuration for internal load balancers to be health checked.
                  { # The configuration for an individual load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The frontend IP address of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;loadBalancerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of load balancer specified by this target. This value must match the configuration of the load balancer located at the LoadBalancerTarget&#x27;s IP address, port, and region. Use the following: - *regionalL4ilb*: for a regional internal passthrough Network Load Balancer. - *regionalL7ilb*: for a regional internal Application Load Balancer. - *globalL7ilb*: for a global internal Application Load Balancer.
                    &quot;networkUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fully qualified URL of the network that the load balancer is attached to. This should be formatted like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`.
                    &quot;port&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The configured port of the load balancer.
                    &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID in which the load balancer is located.
                    &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The region in which the load balancer is located.
                  },
                ],
              },
              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
              &quot;rrdata&quot;: [
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;signatureRrdata&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the `rrdata` within this item. When using health-checked targets for DNSSEC-enabled zones, you can only use at most one health-checked IP address per item.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
            },
          ],
        },
        &quot;healthCheck&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fully qualified URL of the HealthCheck to use for this RRSetRoutingPolicy. Format this URL like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}`. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks
        &quot;primaryBackup&quot;: { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy such that all queries are responded with the primary_targets if they are healthy. And if all of them are unhealthy, then we fallback to a geo localized policy.
          &quot;backupGeoTargets&quot;: { # Configures a `RRSetRoutingPolicy` that routes based on the geo location of the querying user. # Backup targets provide a regional failover policy for the otherwise global primary targets. If serving state is set to `BACKUP`, this policy essentially becomes a geo routing policy.
            &quot;enableFencing&quot;: True or False, # Without fencing, if health check fails for all configured items in the current geo bucket, we failover to the next nearest geo bucket. With fencing, if health checking is enabled, as long as some targets in the current geo bucket are healthy, we return only the healthy targets. However, if all targets are unhealthy, we don&#x27;t failover to the next nearest bucket; instead, we return all the items in the current bucket even when all targets are unhealthy.
            &quot;item&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                &quot;healthCheckedTargets&quot;: { # HealthCheckTargets describes endpoints to health-check when responding to Routing Policy queries. Only the healthy endpoints will be included in the response. Set either `internal_load_balancer` or `external_endpoints`. Do not set both. # For A and AAAA types only. Endpoints to return in the query result only if they are healthy. These can be specified along with `rrdata` within this item.
                  &quot;externalEndpoints&quot;: [ # The Internet IP addresses to be health checked. The format matches the format of ResourceRecordSet.rrdata as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1)
                    &quot;A String&quot;,
                  ],
                  &quot;internalLoadBalancer&quot;: [ # Configuration for internal load balancers to be health checked.
                    { # The configuration for an individual load balancer to health check.
                      &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The frontend IP address of the load balancer to health check.
                      &quot;ipProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the load balancer to health check.
                      &quot;loadBalancerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of load balancer specified by this target. This value must match the configuration of the load balancer located at the LoadBalancerTarget&#x27;s IP address, port, and region. Use the following: - *regionalL4ilb*: for a regional internal passthrough Network Load Balancer. - *regionalL7ilb*: for a regional internal Application Load Balancer. - *globalL7ilb*: for a global internal Application Load Balancer.
                      &quot;networkUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fully qualified URL of the network that the load balancer is attached to. This should be formatted like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`.
                      &quot;port&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The configured port of the load balancer.
                      &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID in which the load balancer is located.
                      &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The region in which the load balancer is located.
                    },
                  ],
                },
                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
                &quot;rrdata&quot;: [
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;signatureRrdata&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the `rrdata` within this item. When using health-checked targets for DNSSEC-enabled zones, you can only use at most one health-checked IP address per item.
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
              },
            ],
          },
          &quot;primaryTargets&quot;: { # HealthCheckTargets describes endpoints to health-check when responding to Routing Policy queries. Only the healthy endpoints will be included in the response. Set either `internal_load_balancer` or `external_endpoints`. Do not set both. # Endpoints that are health checked before making the routing decision. Unhealthy endpoints are omitted from the results. If all endpoints are unhealthy, we serve a response based on the `backup_geo_targets`.
            &quot;externalEndpoints&quot;: [ # The Internet IP addresses to be health checked. The format matches the format of ResourceRecordSet.rrdata as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1)
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;internalLoadBalancer&quot;: [ # Configuration for internal load balancers to be health checked.
              { # The configuration for an individual load balancer to health check.
                &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The frontend IP address of the load balancer to health check.
                &quot;ipProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the load balancer to health check.
                &quot;loadBalancerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of load balancer specified by this target. This value must match the configuration of the load balancer located at the LoadBalancerTarget&#x27;s IP address, port, and region. Use the following: - *regionalL4ilb*: for a regional internal passthrough Network Load Balancer. - *regionalL7ilb*: for a regional internal Application Load Balancer. - *globalL7ilb*: for a global internal Application Load Balancer.
                &quot;networkUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fully qualified URL of the network that the load balancer is attached to. This should be formatted like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`.
                &quot;port&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The configured port of the load balancer.
                &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID in which the load balancer is located.
                &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The region in which the load balancer is located.
              },
            ],
          },
          &quot;trickleTraffic&quot;: 3.14, # When serving state is `PRIMARY`, this field provides the option of sending a small percentage of the traffic to the backup targets.
        },
        &quot;wrr&quot;: { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
          &quot;item&quot;: [
            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
              &quot;healthCheckedTargets&quot;: { # HealthCheckTargets describes endpoints to health-check when responding to Routing Policy queries. Only the healthy endpoints will be included in the response. Set either `internal_load_balancer` or `external_endpoints`. Do not set both. # Endpoints that are health checked before making the routing decision. The unhealthy endpoints are omitted from the result. If all endpoints within a bucket are unhealthy, we choose a different bucket (sampled with respect to its weight) for responding. If DNSSEC is enabled for this zone, only one of `rrdata` or `health_checked_targets` can be set.
                &quot;externalEndpoints&quot;: [ # The Internet IP addresses to be health checked. The format matches the format of ResourceRecordSet.rrdata as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1)
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;internalLoadBalancer&quot;: [ # Configuration for internal load balancers to be health checked.
                  { # The configuration for an individual load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The frontend IP address of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;loadBalancerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of load balancer specified by this target. This value must match the configuration of the load balancer located at the LoadBalancerTarget&#x27;s IP address, port, and region. Use the following: - *regionalL4ilb*: for a regional internal passthrough Network Load Balancer. - *regionalL7ilb*: for a regional internal Application Load Balancer. - *globalL7ilb*: for a global internal Application Load Balancer.
                    &quot;networkUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fully qualified URL of the network that the load balancer is attached to. This should be formatted like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`.
                    &quot;port&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The configured port of the load balancer.
                    &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID in which the load balancer is located.
                    &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The region in which the load balancer is located.
                  },
                ],
              },
              &quot;rrdata&quot;: [
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;signatureRrdata&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the `rrdata` within this item. When using health-checked targets for DNSSEC-enabled zones, you can only use at most one health-checked IP address per item.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;weight&quot;: 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this `WrrPolicyItem` object. When multiple `WrrPolicyItem` objects are configured, the probability of returning an `WrrPolicyItem` object&#x27;s data is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight must be non-negative.
            },
          ],
        },
        &quot;wrrPolicy&quot;: { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
          &quot;item&quot;: [
            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
              &quot;healthCheckedTargets&quot;: { # HealthCheckTargets describes endpoints to health-check when responding to Routing Policy queries. Only the healthy endpoints will be included in the response. Set either `internal_load_balancer` or `external_endpoints`. Do not set both. # Endpoints that are health checked before making the routing decision. The unhealthy endpoints are omitted from the result. If all endpoints within a bucket are unhealthy, we choose a different bucket (sampled with respect to its weight) for responding. If DNSSEC is enabled for this zone, only one of `rrdata` or `health_checked_targets` can be set.
                &quot;externalEndpoints&quot;: [ # The Internet IP addresses to be health checked. The format matches the format of ResourceRecordSet.rrdata as defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1)
                  &quot;A String&quot;,
                ],
                &quot;internalLoadBalancer&quot;: [ # Configuration for internal load balancers to be health checked.
                  { # The configuration for an individual load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The frontend IP address of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;ipProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the load balancer to health check.
                    &quot;loadBalancerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of load balancer specified by this target. This value must match the configuration of the load balancer located at the LoadBalancerTarget&#x27;s IP address, port, and region. Use the following: - *regionalL4ilb*: for a regional internal passthrough Network Load Balancer. - *regionalL7ilb*: for a regional internal Application Load Balancer. - *globalL7ilb*: for a global internal Application Load Balancer.
                    &quot;networkUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fully qualified URL of the network that the load balancer is attached to. This should be formatted like `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`.
                    &quot;port&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The configured port of the load balancer.
                    &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID in which the load balancer is located.
                    &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The region in which the load balancer is located.
                  },
                ],
              },
              &quot;rrdata&quot;: [
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;signatureRrdata&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the `rrdata` within this item. When using health-checked targets for DNSSEC-enabled zones, you can only use at most one health-checked IP address per item.
                &quot;A String&quot;,
              ],
              &quot;weight&quot;: 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this `WrrPolicyItem` object. When multiple `WrrPolicyItem` objects are configured, the probability of returning an `WrrPolicyItem` object&#x27;s data is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight must be non-negative.
            },
          ],
        },
      },
      &quot;rrdata&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;signatureRrdata&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this `ResourceRecordSet` can be cached by resolvers.
      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
    },
  ],
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords_next">retrieveGoogleDomainsDnsRecords_next()</code>
  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.

        Args:
          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)

        Returns:
          A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
        </pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig">retrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig(registration, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Lists the deprecated domain and email forwarding configurations you set up in the deprecated Google Domains UI. The configuration is present only for domains with the `google_domains_redirects_data_available` set to `true` in the `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_settings`. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS Zone.

Args:
  registration: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` whose Google Domains forwarding configuration details are being retrieved, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response for the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig` method.
  &quot;domainForwardings&quot;: [ # The list of domain forwarding configurations. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if the required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS zone.
    { # Domain forwarding configuration.
      &quot;pathForwarding&quot;: True or False, # If true, forwards the path after the domain name to the same path at the new address.
      &quot;pemCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PEM-encoded certificate chain.
      &quot;redirectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The redirect type.
      &quot;sslEnabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the forwarding works also over HTTPS.
      &quot;subdomain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subdomain of the registered domain that is being forwarded. E.g. `www.example.com`, `example.com` (i.e. the registered domain itself) or `*.example.com` (i.e. all subdomains).
      &quot;targetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target of the domain forwarding, i.e. the path to redirect the `subdomain` to.
    },
  ],
  &quot;emailForwardings&quot;: [ # The list of email forwarding configurations. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if the required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS zone.
    { # Email forwarding configuration.
      &quot;alias&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An alias recipient email that forwards emails to the `target_email_address`. For example, `admin@example.com` or `*@example.com` (wildcard alias forwards all the emails under the registered domain).
      &quot;targetEmailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target email that receives emails sent to the `alias`.
    },
  ],
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveImportableDomains">retrieveImportableDomains(location, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Lists domain names from [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) that can be imported to Cloud Domains using the `ImportDomain` method. Since individual users can own domains in Google Domains, the list of domains returned depends on the individual user making the call. Domains already managed by Cloud Domains are not returned.

Args:
  location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return.
  pageToken: string, When set to the `next_page_token` from a prior response, provides the next page of results.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Response for the `RetrieveImportableDomains` method.
  &quot;domains&quot;: [ # A list of domains that the calling user manages in Google Domains.
    { # A domain that the calling user manages in Google Domains.
      &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The domain name. Unicode domain names are expressed in Punycode format.
      &quot;resourceState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of this domain as a `Registration` resource.
      &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Price to renew the domain for one year. Only set when `resource_state` is `IMPORTABLE`.
        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
      },
    },
  ],
  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When present, there are more results to retrieve. Set `page_token` to this value on a subsequent call to get the next page of results.
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveImportableDomains_next">retrieveImportableDomains_next()</code>
  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.

        Args:
          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)

        Returns:
          A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
        </pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveRegisterParameters">retrieveRegisterParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Gets parameters needed to register a new domain name, including price and up-to-date availability. Use the returned values to call `RegisterDomain`.

Args:
  location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  domainName: string, Required. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response for the `RetrieveRegisterParameters` method.
  &quot;registerParameters&quot;: { # Parameters required to register a new domain. # Parameters to use when calling the `RegisterDomain` method.
    &quot;availability&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the domain is available for registration. This value is accurate when obtained by calling `RetrieveRegisterParameters`, but is approximate when obtained by calling `SearchDomains`.
    &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The domain name. Unicode domain names are expressed in Punycode format.
    &quot;domainNotices&quot;: [ # Notices about special properties of the domain.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Contact privacy options that the domain supports.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Price to register or renew the domain for one year.
      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
    },
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="retrieveTransferParameters">retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains already managed by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/), use `ImportDomain` instead. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.

Args:
  location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  domainName: string, Required. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Response for the `RetrieveTransferParameters` method.
  &quot;transferParameters&quot;: { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Parameters required to transfer a domain from another registrar. # Parameters to use when calling the `TransferDomain` method.
    &quot;currentRegistrar&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The registrar that currently manages the domain.
    &quot;currentRegistrarUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the registrar that currently manages the domain.
    &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The domain name. Unicode domain names are expressed in Punycode format.
    &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # The name servers that currently store the configuration of the domain.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Contact privacy options that the domain supports.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the domain is protected by a transfer lock. For a transfer to succeed, this must show `UNLOCKED`. To unlock a domain, go to its current registrar.
    &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Price to transfer or renew the domain for one year.
      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
    },
  },
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="searchDomains">searchDomains(location, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Searches for available domain names similar to the provided query. Availability results from this method are approximate; call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` on a domain before registering to confirm availability.

Args:
  location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  query: string, Required. String used to search for available domain names.
  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response for the `SearchDomains` method.
  &quot;registerParameters&quot;: [ # Results of the domain name search.
    { # Parameters required to register a new domain.
      &quot;availability&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the domain is available for registration. This value is accurate when obtained by calling `RetrieveRegisterParameters`, but is approximate when obtained by calling `SearchDomains`.
      &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The domain name. Unicode domain names are expressed in Punycode format.
      &quot;domainNotices&quot;: [ # Notices about special properties of the domain.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Contact privacy options that the domain supports.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Price to register or renew the domain for one year.
        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
      },
    },
  ],
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

Args:
  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
    &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
        &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
            &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
              &quot;A String&quot;,
            ],
            &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
          },
        ],
        &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
      },
    ],
    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
        &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
          &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
        },
        &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
        &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
      },
    ],
    &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
    &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
  },
  &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: &quot;bindings, etag&quot;`
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
        },
      ],
      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
    },
  ],
  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
      },
      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
        &quot;A String&quot;,
      ],
      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
    },
  ],
  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may &quot;fail open&quot; without warning.

Args:
  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
}</pre>
</div>

<div class="method">
    <code class="details" id="transfer">transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
  <pre>Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations) Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains already managed by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/), use `ImportDomain` instead. Before calling this method, go to the domain&#x27;s current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar&#x27;s website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.

Args:
  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the `Registration`. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
  body: object, The request body.
    The object takes the form of:

{ # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Request for the `TransferDomain` method.
  &quot;authorizationCode&quot;: { # Defines an authorization code. # The domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. You can obtain this from the domain&#x27;s current registrar.
    &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Authorization Code in ASCII. It can be used to transfer the domain to or from another registrar.
  },
  &quot;contactNotices&quot;: [ # The list of contact notices that you acknowledge. The notices needed here depend on the values specified in `registration.contact_settings`.
    &quot;A String&quot;,
  ],
  &quot;registration&quot;: { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. Finally, you can create a new `Registration` by importing an existing domain managed with [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) (Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations)). First, call `RetrieveImportableDomains` to list domains to which the calling user has sufficient access. Then call `ImportDomain` on any domain names you want to use with Cloud Domains. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain&#x27;s current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain&#x27;s current DNS service does not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar.
    &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
      &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
      &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the `Registration` resource.
    &quot;dnsSettings&quot;: { # Defines the DNS configuration of a `Registration`, including name servers, DNSSEC, and glue records. # Settings controlling the DNS configuration of the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureDnsSettings` method.
      &quot;customDns&quot;: { # Configuration for an arbitrary DNS provider. # An arbitrary DNS provider identified by its name servers.
        &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # The list of DS records for this domain, which are used to enable DNSSEC. The domain&#x27;s DNS provider can provide the values to set here. If this field is empty, DNSSEC is disabled.
          { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
            &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
          },
        ],
        &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Required. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
      },
      &quot;glueRecords&quot;: [ # The list of glue records for this `Registration`. Commonly empty.
        { # Defines a host on your domain that is a DNS name server for your domain and/or other domains. Glue records are a way of making the IP address of a name server known, even when it serves DNS queries for its parent domain. For example, when `ns.example.com` is a name server for `example.com`, the host `ns.example.com` must have a glue record to break the circular DNS reference.
          &quot;hostName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Domain name of the host in Punycode format.
          &quot;ipv4Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv4 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard decimal format (e.g. `198.51.100.1`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;ipv6Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv6 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard hexadecimal format (e.g. `2001:db8::`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
        },
      ],
      &quot;googleDomainsDns&quot;: { # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). Configuration for using the free DNS zone provided by Google Domains as a `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_provider`. You cannot configure the DNS zone itself using the API. To configure the DNS zone, go to [Google Domains](https://domains.google/). # Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The free DNS zone provided by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/).
        &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of DS records published for this domain. The list is automatically populated when `ds_state` is `DS_RECORDS_PUBLISHED`, otherwise it remains empty.
          { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
            &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
            &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
          },
        ],
        &quot;dsState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The state of DS records for this domain. Used to enable or disable automatic DNSSEC.
        &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Output only. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format. This field is automatically populated with the name servers assigned to the Google Domains DNS zone.
          &quot;A String&quot;,
        ],
      },
      &quot;googleDomainsRedirectsDataAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if this `Registration` has configured one of the following deprecated Google Domains DNS features: * Domain forwarding (HTTP `301` and `302` response status codes), * Email forwarding. See https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations for more details. If any of these features is enabled call the `RetrieveGoogleDomainsForwardingConfig` method to get details about the feature&#x27;s configuration. A forwarding configuration might not work correctly if required DNS records are not present in the domain&#x27;s authoritative DNS Zone.
    },
    &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
    &quot;domainProperties&quot;: [ # Output only. Special properties of the domain.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The expiration timestamp of the `Registration`.
    &quot;issues&quot;: [ # Output only. The set of issues with the `Registration` that require attention.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of labels associated with the `Registration`.
      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
    },
    &quot;managementSettings&quot;: { # Defines renewal, billing, and transfer settings for a `Registration`. # Settings for management of the `Registration`, including renewal, billing, and transfer. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureManagementSettings` method.
      &quot;effectiveTransferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual transfer lock state for this `Registration`.
      &quot;preferredRenewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The desired renewal method for this `Registration`. The actual `renewal_method` is automatically updated to reflect this choice. If unset or equal to `RENEWAL_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED`, the actual `renewalMethod` is treated as if it were set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`. You cannot use `RENEWAL_DISABLED` during resource creation, and you can update the renewal status only when the `Registration` resource has state `ACTIVE` or `SUSPENDED`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be set to `RENEWAL_DISABLED` in case of problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
      &quot;renewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The actual renewal method for this `Registration`. When `preferred_renewal_method` is set to `AUTOMATIC_RENEWAL`, the actual `renewal_method` can be equal to `RENEWAL_DISABLED`—for example, when there are problems with the billing account or reported domain abuse. In such cases, check the `issues` field on the `Registration`. After the problem is resolved, the `renewal_method` is automatically updated to `preferred_renewal_method` in a few hours.
      &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is the desired transfer lock state for this `Registration`. A transfer lock controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. The transfer lock state of the domain is returned in the `effective_transfer_lock_state` property. The transfer lock state values might be different for the following reasons: * `transfer_lock_state` was updated only a short time ago. * Domains with the `TRANSFER_LOCK_UNSUPPORTED_BY_REGISTRY` state are in the list of `domain_properties`. These domains are always in the `UNLOCKED` state.
    },
    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`.
    &quot;pendingContactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive.
      &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
      &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
      &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
            &quot;A String&quot;,
          ],
          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (For example &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (For example Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
        },
      },
    },
    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Current domain management provider.
    &quot;registerFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The reason the domain registration failed. Only set for domains in REGISTRATION_FAILED state.
    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the `Registration`
    &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Output only. Set of options for the `contact_settings.privacy` field that this `Registration` supports.
      &quot;A String&quot;,
    ],
    &quot;transferFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Deprecated: For more information, see [Cloud Domains feature deprecation](https://cloud.google.com/domains/docs/deprecations/feature-deprecations). The reason the domain transfer failed. Only set for domains in TRANSFER_FAILED state.
  },
  &quot;validateOnly&quot;: True or False, # Validate the request without actually transferring the domain.
  &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Required. Acknowledgement of the price to transfer or renew the domain for one year. Call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to obtain the price, which you must acknowledge.
    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
  },
}

  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
    Allowed values
      1 - v1 error format
      2 - v2 error format

Returns:
  An object of the form:

    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
      {
        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
      },
    ],
    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
  },
  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
  },
}</pre>
</div>

</body></html>